linux/fs/namei.c

4786 lines
120 KiB

[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 01:00:10 -07:00
vfs: fix bad hashing of dentries Josef Bacik found a performance regression between 3.2 and 3.10 and narrowed it down to commit bfcfaa77bdf0 ("vfs: use 'unsigned long' accesses for dcache name comparison and hashing"). He reports: "The test case is essentially for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++) mkdir("a$i"); On xfs on a fio card this goes at about 20k dir/sec with 3.2, and 12k dir/sec with 3.10. This is because we spend waaaaay more time in __d_lookup on 3.10 than in 3.2. The new hashing function for strings is suboptimal for < sizeof(unsigned long) string names (and hell even > sizeof(unsigned long) string names that I've tested). I broke out the old hashing function and the new one into a userspace helper to get real numbers and this is what I'm getting: Old hash table had 1000000 entries, 0 dupes, 0 max dupes New hash table had 12628 entries, 987372 dupes, 900 max dupes We had 11400 buckets with a p50 of 30 dupes, p90 of 240 dupes, p99 of 567 dupes for the new hash My test does the hash, and then does the d_hash into a integer pointer array the same size as the dentry hash table on my system, and then just increments the value at the address we got to see how many entries we overlap with. As you can see the old hash function ended up with all 1 million entries in their own bucket, whereas the new one they are only distributed among ~12.5k buckets, which is why we're using so much more CPU in __d_lookup". The reason for this hash regression is two-fold: - On 64-bit architectures the down-mixing of the original 64-bit word-at-a-time hash into the final 32-bit hash value is very simplistic and suboptimal, and just adds the two 32-bit parts together. In particular, because there is no bit shuffling and the mixing boundary is also a byte boundary, similar character patterns in the low and high word easily end up just canceling each other out. - the old byte-at-a-time hash mixed each byte into the final hash as it hashed the path component name, resulting in the low bits of the hash generally being a good source of hash data. That is not true for the word-at-a-time case, and the hash data is distributed among all the bits. The fix is the same in both cases: do a better job of mixing the bits up and using as much of the hash data as possible. We already have the "hash_32|64()" functions to do that. Reported-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-09-13 11:30:10 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
syscalls: implement execveat() system call This patchset adds execveat(2) for x86, and is derived from Meredydd Luff's patch from Sept 2012 (https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/9/11/528). The primary aim of adding an execveat syscall is to allow an implementation of fexecve(3) that does not rely on the /proc filesystem, at least for executables (rather than scripts). The current glibc version of fexecve(3) is implemented via /proc, which causes problems in sandboxed or otherwise restricted environments. Given the desire for a /proc-free fexecve() implementation, HPA suggested (https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/556) that an execveat(2) syscall would be an appropriate generalization. Also, having a new syscall means that it can take a flags argument without back-compatibility concerns. The current implementation just defines the AT_EMPTY_PATH and AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW flags, but other flags could be added in future -- for example, flags for new namespaces (as suggested at https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/474). Related history: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/12/27/123 is an example of someone realizing that fexecve() is likely to fail in a chroot environment. - http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=514043 covered documenting the /proc requirement of fexecve(3) in its manpage, to "prevent other people from wasting their time". - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=241609 described a problem where a process that did setuid() could not fexecve() because it no longer had access to /proc/self/fd; this has since been fixed. This patch (of 4): Add a new execveat(2) system call. execveat() is to execve() as openat() is to open(): it takes a file descriptor that refers to a directory, and resolves the filename relative to that. In addition, if the filename is empty and AT_EMPTY_PATH is specified, execveat() executes the file to which the file descriptor refers. This replicates the functionality of fexecve(), which is a system call in other UNIXen, but in Linux glibc it depends on opening "/proc/self/fd/<fd>" (and so relies on /proc being mounted). The filename fed to the executed program as argv[0] (or the name of the script fed to a script interpreter) will be of the form "/dev/fd/<fd>" (for an empty filename) or "/dev/fd/<fd>/<filename>", effectively reflecting how the executable was found. This does however mean that execution of a script in a /proc-less environment won't work; also, script execution via an O_CLOEXEC file descriptor fails (as the file will not be accessible after exec). Based on patches by Meredydd Luff. Signed-off-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Cc: Meredydd Luff <meredydd@senatehouse.org> Cc: Shuah Khan <shuah.kh@samsung.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@aerifal.cx> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-12 16:57:29 -08:00
posix_acl: Inode acl caching fixes When get_acl() is called for an inode whose ACL is not cached yet, the get_acl inode operation is called to fetch the ACL from the filesystem. The inode operation is responsible for updating the cached acl with set_cached_acl(). This is done without locking at the VFS level, so another task can call set_cached_acl() or forget_cached_acl() before the get_acl inode operation gets to calling set_cached_acl(), and then get_acl's call to set_cached_acl() results in caching an outdate ACL. Prevent this from happening by setting the cached ACL pointer to a task-specific sentinel value before calling the get_acl inode operation. Move the responsibility for updating the cached ACL from the get_acl inode operations to get_acl(). There, only set the cached ACL if the sentinel value hasn't changed. The sentinel values are chosen to have odd values. Likewise, the value of ACL_NOT_CACHED is odd. In contrast, ACL object pointers always have an even value (ACLs are aligned in memory). This allows to distinguish uncached ACLs values from ACL objects. In addition, switch from guarding inode->i_acl and inode->i_default_acl upates by the inode->i_lock spinlock to using xchg() and cmpxchg(). Filesystems that do not want ACLs returned from their get_acl inode operations to be cached must call forget_cached_acl() to prevent the VFS from doing so. (Patch written by Al Viro and Andreas Gruenbacher.) Signed-off-by: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-03-24 14:38:37 +01:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 01:00:10 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-08 18:13:49 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 11:19:05 -05:00
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 11:19:05 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
VFS: don't do protected {sym,hard}links by default In commit 800179c9b8a1 ("This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS"), the new link protections were enabled by default, in the hope that no actual application would care, despite it being technically against legacy UNIX (and documented POSIX) behavior. However, it does turn out to break some applications. It's rare, and it's unfortunate, but it's unacceptable to break existing systems, so we'll have to default to legacy behavior. In particular, it has broken the way AFD distributes files, see http://www.dwd.de/AFD/ along with some legacy scripts. Distributions can end up setting this at initrd time or in system scripts: if you have security problems due to link attacks during your early boot sequence, you have bigger problems than some kernel sysctl setting. Do: echo 1 > /proc/sys/fs/protected_symlinks echo 1 > /proc/sys/fs/protected_hardlinks to re-enable the link protections. Alternatively, we may at some point introduce a kernel config option that sets these kinds of "more secure but not traditional" behavioural options automatically. Reported-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com> Reported-by: Holger Kiehl <Holger.Kiehl@dwd.de> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@kernel.org # v3.6 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-10-26 10:05:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 15:10:06 +01:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying reason for both of the annoyances. The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This results in two annoyances: - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number check. - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the name. So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling conventions. Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent anyway, so just do that. That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked up. And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but that's actually very simple. And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc). Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons: that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 14:59:14 -07:00
vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying reason for both of the annoyances. The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This results in two annoyances: - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number check. - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the name. So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling conventions. Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent anyway, so just do that. That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked up. And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but that's actually very simple. And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc). Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons: that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 14:59:14 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 02:42:04 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 10:43:17 -07:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 07:43:58 -04:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 01:48:18 -07:00
fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line: * mark_files_ro Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line: * lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line: * bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line: * bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line: * void journal_invalidatepage() Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-19 17:01:00 -07:00
fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line: * mark_files_ro Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line: * lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line: * bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line: * bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line: * void journal_invalidatepage() Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-19 17:01:00 -07:00
Fix i_mutex vs. readdir handling in nfsd Commit 14f7dd63 ("Copy XFS readdir hack into nfsd code") introduced a bug to generic code which had been extant for a long time in the XFS version -- it started to call through into lookup_one_len() and hence into the file systems' ->lookup() methods without i_mutex held on the directory. This patch fixes it by locking the directory's i_mutex again before calling the filldir functions. The original deadlocks which commit 14f7dd63 was designed to avoid are still avoided, because they were due to fs-internal locking, not i_mutex. While we're at it, fix the return type of nfsd_buffered_readdir() which should be a __be32 not an int -- it's an NFS errno, not a Linux errno. And return nfserrno(-ENOMEM) when allocation fails, not just -ENOMEM. Sparse would have caught that, if it wasn't so busy bitching about __cold__. Commit 05f4f678 ("nfsd4: don't do lookup within readdir in recovery code") introduced a similar problem with calling lookup_one_len() without i_mutex, which this patch also addresses. To fix that, it was necessary to fix the called functions so that they expect i_mutex to be held; that part was done by J. Bruce Fields. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com> Umm-I-can-live-with-that-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Reported-by: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05@yahoo.co.jp> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu> LKML-Reference: <8036.1237474444@jrobl> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2009-04-20 23:18:37 +01:00
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 10:29:47 -05:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
audit: add child record before the create to handle case where create fails Historically, when a syscall that creates a dentry fails, you get an audit record that looks something like this (when trying to create a file named "new" in "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63"): type=PATH msg=audit(1366128956.279:965): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new" inode=2138308 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 This record makes no sense since it's associating the inode information for "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63" with the path "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new". The recent patch I posted to fix the audit_inode call in do_last fixes this, by making it look more like this: type=PATH msg=audit(1366128765.989:13875): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.DJ1O8V3e4f/" inode=141 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 While this is more correct, if the creation of the file fails, then we have no record of the filename that the user tried to create. This patch adds a call to audit_inode_child to may_create. This creates an AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_CREATE record that will sit in place until the create succeeds. When and if the create does succeed, then this record will be updated with the correct inode info from the create. This fixes what was broken in commit bfcec708. Commit 79f6530c should also be backported to stable v3.7+. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
2013-05-08 10:25:58 -04:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: allow open(dir, O_TMPFILE|..., 0) with mode 0 The man page for open(2) indicates that when O_CREAT is specified, the 'mode' argument applies only to future accesses to the file: Note that this mode applies only to future accesses of the newly created file; the open() call that creates a read-only file may well return a read/write file descriptor. The man page for open(2) implies that 'mode' is treated identically by O_CREAT and O_TMPFILE. O_TMPFILE, however, behaves differently: int fd = open("/tmp", O_TMPFILE | O_RDWR, 0); assert(fd == -1); assert(errno == EACCES); int fd = open("/tmp", O_TMPFILE | O_RDWR, 0600); assert(fd > 0); For O_CREAT, do_last() sets acc_mode to MAY_OPEN only: if (*opened & FILE_CREATED) { /* Don't check for write permission, don't truncate */ open_flag &= ~O_TRUNC; will_truncate = false; acc_mode = MAY_OPEN; path_to_nameidata(path, nd); goto finish_open_created; } But for O_TMPFILE, do_tmpfile() passes the full op->acc_mode to may_open(). This patch lines up the behavior of O_TMPFILE with O_CREAT. After the inode is created, may_open() is called with acc_mode = MAY_OPEN, in do_tmpfile(). A different, but related glibc bug revealed the discrepancy: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=17523 The glibc lazily loads the 'mode' argument of open() and openat() using va_arg() only if O_CREAT is present in 'flags' (to support both the 2 argument and the 3 argument forms of open; same idea for openat()). However, the glibc ignores the 'mode' argument if O_TMPFILE is in 'flags'. On x86_64, for open(), it magically works anyway, as 'mode' is in RDX when entering open(), and is still in RDX on SYSCALL, which is where the kernel looks for the 3rd argument of a syscall. But openat() is not quite so lucky: 'mode' is in RCX when entering the glibc wrapper for openat(), while the kernel looks for the 4th argument of a syscall in R10. Indeed, the syscall calling convention differs from the regular calling convention in this respect on x86_64. So the kernel sees mode = 0 when trying to use glibc openat() with O_TMPFILE, and fails with EACCES. Signed-off-by: Eric Rannaud <e@nanocritical.com> Acked-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-10-30 01:51:01 -07:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:49:52 +11:00
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 01:00:10 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
fix wrong iput on d_inode introduced by e6bc45d65d Git bisection shows that commit e6bc45d65df8599fdbae73be9cec4ceed274db53 causes BUG_ONs under high I/O load: kernel BUG at fs/inode.c:1368! [ 2862.501007] Call Trace: [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff811691d8>] d_kill+0xf8/0x140 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81169c19>] dput+0xc9/0x190 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff8115577f>] fput+0x15f/0x210 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81152171>] filp_close+0x61/0x90 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81152251>] sys_close+0xb1/0x110 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff814c14fb>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b A reliable way to reproduce this bug is: Login to KDE, run 'rsnapshot sync', and apt-get install openjdk-6-jdk, and apt-get remove openjdk-6-jdk. The buggy part of the patch is this: struct inode *inode = NULL; ..... - if (nd.last.name[nd.last.len]) - goto slashes; inode = dentry->d_inode; - if (inode) - ihold(inode); + if (nd.last.name[nd.last.len] || !inode) + goto slashes; + ihold(inode) ... if (inode) iput(inode); /* truncate the inode here */ If nd.last.name[nd.last.len] is nonzero (and thus goto slashes branch is taken), and dentry->d_inode is non-NULL, then this code now does an additional iput on the inode, which is wrong. Fix this by only setting the inode variable if nd.last.name[nd.last.len] is 0. Reference: https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/6/15/50 Reported-by: Norbert Preining <preining@logic.at> Reported-by: Török Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com> Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Török Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 00:06:14 +03:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 14:54:46 -05:00
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-25 17:29:07 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-01 18:33:48 -07:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-18 17:43:53 -08:00
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 12:00:53 -08:00
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 12:00:53 -08:00
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 12:00:53 -08:00